SlideShare a Scribd company logo
1 of 49
APPLICATIONS OF INTENSIVE DNA BARCODING
      PROJECTS FOR ADDRESSING GAPS IN FUNGAL
              BIODIVERSITY KNOWLEDGE
Matteo M. Garbelotto1, Vincent Robert2, Conrad Schoch3, Todd Osmundson1
               1 University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA
    2 Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures, Utrecht, The Netherlands
   3 National Center for Biotechnology Information, Bethesda, MD, USA
Matteo
U.C. Berkeley Forest Pathology & Mycology Lab
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



   Fungi are diverse and poorly-known

           Most are cryptic over the majority of their life
           cycle

                   Many are economically important:
                         - Pathogens
                         - Mutualists
                         - Foods, medicines, industrial
                           products
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



   Unknowns:

   • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to
   pathogen transitions)
   • Host ranges
   • Geographic ranges / biogeography
   • Community ecology
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



     Unknowns:

     • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to
       pathogen transitions)
     • Host ranges
     • Geographic ranges / biogeography
     • Community ecology

All of these characters are relevant to understanding ecology
and evolution of fungi, and tracking the spread of fungal
species.
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



      Unknowns:

      • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to
        pathogen transitions)
      • Host ranges
      • Geographic ranges / biogeography
      • Community ecology
DNA Barcoding is a useful and important tool for identifying fungi
(rapid • able to detect cryptic fungi) and thereby understanding
these factors…
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



     Unknowns:

     • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to
      pathogen transitions)
     • Host ranges
     • Geographic ranges / biogeography
     • Community ecology

… However, utility of this tool is dependent upon existence of
comprehensive sequence databases and methods for confidently
assigning taxonomic identities via sequence comparisons.
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


   Large-scale barcoding projects can aid in closing the
   sequencing gap.

   Types of foci:

           - Institutional

           - Geographic

           - Ecological
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


   2 recent projects:

   • Barcoding the Venice Museum of Natural History Fungal
     Collection (Institutional)
   • The Moorea Biocode Project (Geographic )

   Issues/Questions:

   • What types of target are most effective?
   • What types of sampling are most effective?
   • What are the implications for barcoding strategy?
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


      BARCODING THE VENICE FUNGAL COLLECTION

      Institutional strategy – barcode large number of samples
      from a single herbarium
Strengths:
• Links to Italy’s largest amateur mycological society
   (Associazione Micologica Bresadola)
• Collaboration with taxonomic experts
• Taxonomic diversity of collections
• Collections relatively recent
• Habitat diversity (Alps  plains  Apennines  Mediterranean)
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS




Sampling
Localities
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Sampling :

  • Focus on breadth
  • Attempt to obtain Barcode for every
          macrofungal species in the collection
          (~ 6000)
  • Replication for well-represented species
  • Good coverage for Agaricales; additional coverage within
  Basidiomycota & Ascomycota
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE     CONCLUSIONS


   Results
                                  ~31K collections


                                  ~5K collections sampled

                                  2763 specimens PCR positive [Age;
                                  taxon]
                                  1400 specimens Sequence positive
                                  [Sequencing failure; contamination;
                                  paralogy]:
                                         • 1100 double-stranded
                                         • ~300 single-stranded
INTRODUCTION      VENICE HERBARIUM     MOOREA BIOCODE          CONCLUSIONS



  Collection age affects sequencing success:
   100


    80                                        Percent Successful
                                              Percent Failed
    60


    40
                                             Pearson Chi-square test of
                                             independence (N=2648, DF=2):
    20
                                             p < 0.0001
     0
          1980s         1990s        2000s
INTRODUCTION    VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


        Taxon (controlled for collection age) affects sequencing
        success: 100
                    90
                    80                                           Series1
                                                                 1980s-90s
                    70
                    60                                           Series2
                                                                 2000s
                    50
                    40
                    30
                    20
Pearson Chi-        10
square tests of      0
independence):
p < 0.0001
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Classification potential of ITS barcodes:
         • Can ITS barcodes predict membership in
          genera and families based on overall
          similarity?
         • Distance / UPGMA approach based on
          ITS1 + ITS2 distance matrices
         • Functionalities available in BioloMICS
          software (www.bio-aware.com)
UPGMA tree
showing sequence
assignment to
genera and families;
genus Cortinarius
(family
Cortinariaceae)
shown
Cluster-based
(NMDS)
assignments to
genera
Cluster-based
(NMDS)
assignments to
families
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Classification potential of ITS barcodes:
         • May reveal errors in classification;
          e.g., segregate genera in Coprinoid fungi
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Is there a ‘barcoding gap’?
      • Compared number of nucleotide differences within
      and between identified taxa
      • Assessed 2 types of potential error:
               - False negative (same ITS for different species)
               - False positive (>1 ITS for one species)
Is there a ‘percent similarity’ threshold for assignment to genera’?
                                                                                Panaeolus
                     0.9                                                        Hebeloma
                                                                                Macrolepiota
                                                                                Xylaria
                     0.8
                                                                                Hymenogaster
                                                                                Scutillinea
                                                                                Crepidotus
                                                                                Cystolepiota
                     0.7                                                        Pleurotus
                                                                                Galerina
                                                                                Tricholoma
                                                                                Otidea
                     0.6
                                                                                Pholiota
                                                                                Melanoleuca
Minimum Similarity




                                                                                Conocybe
                     0.5                                                        Xerocomus
                                                                                Hygrophorus
                                                                                Coprinus
                                                                                Lyophyllum
                     0.4                                                        Lepiota
                                                                                Cystoderma
                                                                                Lactarius
                     0.3                                                        Calocybe
                                                                                Tuber
                                                                                Hygrocybe
                                                                                Entoloma
                     0.2                                                        Pluteus
                                                                                Cortinarius
                                                                                Pholiotina
                     0.1
                                                                                Amanita
                                                                                Inocybe
                                                                                Russula
                                                                                Peziza
                      0                                                         Leucoagaricus
                                                                                Boletus
                                               Genus                            Clitocybe
                                                                                Mycena
3000                                       Within- and
                                                                               between-species
                                    2500                                       nucleotide
Frequency of pairwise comparisons




                                                                               divergence (bp)
                                    2000



                                    1500

                                                                         In the same species
                                    1000
                                                                         Out


                                     500



                                       0
                                             0
                                            51




                                           408


                                           561
                                           102
                                           153
                                           204
                                           255
                                           306
                                           357

                                           459
                                           510

                                           612
                                           663
                                           714
                                           765
                                           816
                                           867
                                           918
                                           969

                                           Nucleotide differences (bp)
1000
                                                 1500
                                                        2000
                                                                          3000

                                                                   2500




      0
           500
  0
 46
 92
138
184
                                                                                                    nucleotide
230
276
322
                                                                                                    Within-species



368
                                                                                                    divergence (bp)

414
460
506
552
598
644
690
736                                               Frequency of pairwise comparisons
782
828
                                                                                         10
                                                                                              12
                                                                                                   14
                                                                                                        16
                                                                                                               18
                                                                                                                      20




                                                 0
                                                               2
                                                                          4
                                                                                 6
                                                                                     8



874
920                                          0
966                                         29
                                            58
                                            87
                                           116




          ~1-2%
                                           145
                                           174
                                           203
                                           232
                                           261
                                           290
                                           319
                                           348
                                           377
                                           406
                                           435
                                           464
                                           493
                                           522
                                           551
                                           580
                                           609
                                           638
                                           667
                                           696
                                           725
           Nucleotide differences (bp)




                                           754
                                           783
                                           812
                                           841
                                           870
                                           899
                                           928
                                           957
                                           986
Ratio In/Out
                                  0.4
                                                                                                       “Barcoding gap” ratio
                                                                                                       (within/between species
                                 0.35
                                                                                                       counts) by level of
                                                                                                       nucleotide dissimilarity
Ratio within / between species




                                  0.3



                                 0.25



                                  0.2
                                                                                                 Ratio In/Out


                                 0.15



                                  0.1



                                 0.05



                                   0
                                        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

                                                         Nucleotide differences (bp)
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  When differentiation fails (same ITS sequence for species
  identified as different):
  • 60 pairs with 0 bp difference but not belonging to the
     same species:
          - 59 congeners (synonyms, species complexes or
             ‘minor’ misidentifications)
          - 1 epigeous - sequestrate confamilial pair
             (Leucoagaricus medioflavoides + Endoptychum
             agaricoides)
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  When differentiation fails (same ITS sequence for species
  identified as different):
  • 77 pairs with 1 bp difference but not belonging to the
     same species:
          - 73 congeners
          - 2 ‘major’ misidentifications or mixed samples
             (Boletus vs. Inocybe; Sarcosphaera vs. Psathyrella)
          - 1 ‘moderate’ misidentification (Pholiotina vs.
             Galerina)
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Examination of ITS1 and ITS2 as “mini-barcodes”

  • Improved sequencing success rate:
     ITS1 amplified using primers ITS1F + ITS2 for 30
  randomly-selected samples previously negative for full-
  length PCR amplifications (using ITS1F + ITS4) from 3 large
  genera:
               GENUS               PCR-POSITIVE    SEQUENCE
          - Cortinarius            30/30 (100%) 24/30 (80%)
          - Russula                30/30 (100%) 27/30 (90%)
          - Mycena                 27/30 (90%) 4/30 (13%)
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



           Examination of ITS1 and ITS2 as “mini-barcodes”

           • Classification potential
                 remains strong
           • ITS1 exhibits higher
                 correlation to
                 full-length ITS
           Complete    ITS1      ITS2
Complete       1
 ITS1        0.7317      1
 ITS2        0.6430    0.5433      1
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


  Conclusions, Venice Herbarium Project:

        • Similarity-based taxonomic assignment using ITS
          sequences works reasonably well at genus and
          family levels (but not flawless)
        • At species level, incorrect assignments (assessed
          for morphospecies) in both “false negative” and
          “false positive” directions.
        • A 1-2% divergence cutoff eliminates most “false
          positives” (>1 ITS sequence per morphospecies);
          however, “false negatives” (>1 taxon per ITS
          sequence occur even at 0-1 nucleotide difference.
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Conclusions, Venice Herbarium Project (continued):

        • “Mini-barcodes” improve success rates and retain
          ability to classify sequences; ITS1 outperformed
          ITS2 for the taxa examined
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS



  Conclusions , Venice Herbarium Project (continued):

               • Value of herbaria in facilitating a large
                 collection approach to barcoding
               • Value to herbaria (increase ‘relevance,’
                 streamline use of collections)
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


   THE MOOREA BIOCODE PROJECT
      • Geographic/ecological strategy: barcoding an entire
        biome
A relatively simplified tropical
                   ecosystem, due to
                   age, size, isolation and location in
                   pacific biodiversity gradient




Species richness
Goal: to develop a fully-
characterized tropical island model
ecosystem through intensive biotic
surveys and generation of DNA
barcode libraries
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


   THE MOOREA BIOCODE PROJECT
      • South Pacific islands an undersampled region for
        fungi
      • Moore Foundation-funded, multi-taxon ATBI.
      • Approach: threefold –
         Voucher-based collection of macromycetes
         Environmental DNA sampling
         Culture-based sampling
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS




       Sampling Approach:

• Field collection
• Voucher information,         photos, and DNA
  sequence linked together
   and made public
• Collaboration with
   BioMatters, Inc.– Geneious
   Moorea Biocode workbench / data pipeline
Macrofungal richness
62 percent of sequences exhibit less than 97% best match
62% of sequences exhibit < 97% identity to sequences to
         in Genbank; 23% exhibit best BLAST match
currently in GenBank. This project will therefore make an
important contribution sequence (cultured or uncultured)
       environmental to GenBank taxon coverage.



                                                  97%
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


      • 62 percent of sequences exhibit less than 97% best
        match in Genbank:
             Incomplete database?
             Potential radiations?
             Insular rapid evolution?

      • 23% exhibit best BLAST match to environmental
        sequence (cultured or uncultured)
      • Voucher-supported sequences will enhance
        ecological and biodiversity discovery; underscores
        importance of collections-based research
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS




   For sequences with 98% or greater match:
        • Suggests recent arrival or slow evolution
        • If to named material: sequencing facilitates ID
        of Moorea taxa
        • If to environmental sequences: Voucher now
        exists corresponding to the environmental
        sequence
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS




    Moorea Biocode Project:
      Contributions include:
          • Augmenting geographical and taxonomic
             coverage in GenBank
          • Providing vouchers that match
             environmental sequences
          • Providing material for biogeographic studies
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


      CONCLUSIONS:

  Large-scale barcoding approaches based on institutional
  collections and ecosystems contribute to the study of fungal
  biodiversity, ecology, biogeography, and epidemiology.
      Institutional targeting:
      • Adds barcodes for well vouchered and identified
        material
      • Adds value to herbarium collections
      • Allows assessment of barcode “behavior” (laboratory
        approaches, barcoding gaps, need for multilocus
        barcodes, etc.) for different taxonomic groups
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


     CONCLUSIONS, continued:
     Ecosystem targeting:
     • Increases representation of poorly-sampled biomes
     • Aids biogeographic studies
     • Barcoding speeds time to identification, facilitating
        biodiversity surveys

     Both Approaches:
     • Exhibit advantages over focusing on specific taxonomic
       groups of expertise or interest
     • Offer opportunities for collaboration with taxonomic
       specialists and amateur enthusiasts
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


     IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA
     BARCODING OF FUNGI:
  1. Utility of ITS as a barcode locus:
         • Similarity-based searches are often sufficient for
            assignment to genera and families
         • Use as a species-specific marker problematic due to
            false negatives and positives
         • A firm “barcoding gap” is lacking, though some
            level of success is met using 1-2 bp differences; A
            98% or 97% similarity threshold appears to be too
            low; most species-level similarity is on the order of
            99% or higher
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


     IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA
     BARCODING OF FUNGI:
 2. “Environmental species”:
       • Formal (or semi-formal) recognition of entities
          known only from environmental DNA sequences;
          subject of a formal discussion session at 2011 MSA
          annual meeting
       • Appealing as a means to improve comparison across
          studies and progress from descriptive or
          comparative community studies (OTU-based) to a
          more functional understanding of communities and
          ecosystems
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


     IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA
     BARCODING OF FUNGI:
 2. “Environmental species” (continued):
       • Our results suggest that a simple identity- or
          similarity-based approach may be useful for group
          placement (genera or families), but species-level
          circumscription is unlikely.
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


      IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA
      BARCODING OF FUNGI:

  3. Multilocus barcodes:
       • Already well-recognized that ITS is not a species-
           level barcode for some groups of Ascomycota
       • Our results strongly suggest that a similar issue
           exists for Agaricales (Basidiomycota) as well.
INTRODUCTION   VENICE HERBARIUM   MOOREA BIOCODE   CONCLUSIONS


   Acknowledgements:

   Venice:                    Moorea:
   Giovanni Robich            Sarah Bergemann
   Luca Mizzan                Neil Davies
   Amy Smith                  Chris Meyer
   Lydia Baker                Rikke Rasmussen
                              Natalie Lowell
                              Lydia Smith
                              Lydia Baker
                              Wesley Shipley
                              Gordon & Betty Moore Foundation

More Related Content

Viewers also liked (15)

Dr Sarah Adamowicz - Field collections
Dr Sarah Adamowicz - Field collectionsDr Sarah Adamowicz - Field collections
Dr Sarah Adamowicz - Field collections
 
Ilene Mizrachi - Opening Plenary
Ilene Mizrachi - Opening PlenaryIlene Mizrachi - Opening Plenary
Ilene Mizrachi - Opening Plenary
 
Drawn By Fire
Drawn By FireDrawn By Fire
Drawn By Fire
 
Comics Sequential Art
Comics Sequential ArtComics Sequential Art
Comics Sequential Art
 
David Schindel - Barcode Data Standard Compliance
David Schindel - Barcode Data Standard ComplianceDavid Schindel - Barcode Data Standard Compliance
David Schindel - Barcode Data Standard Compliance
 
Julie Stahlhut - Terrestrial invertebrates
Julie Stahlhut - Terrestrial invertebrates Julie Stahlhut - Terrestrial invertebrates
Julie Stahlhut - Terrestrial invertebrates
 
Gifts with No Giver
Gifts with No GiverGifts with No Giver
Gifts with No Giver
 
Alta Kadarusman - Vertebrates Plenary
Alta Kadarusman - Vertebrates PlenaryAlta Kadarusman - Vertebrates Plenary
Alta Kadarusman - Vertebrates Plenary
 
Claudia Bertrand - Invertebrates Plenary
Claudia Bertrand - Invertebrates PlenaryClaudia Bertrand - Invertebrates Plenary
Claudia Bertrand - Invertebrates Plenary
 
Illustrated Book of Poetry
Illustrated Book of PoetryIllustrated Book of Poetry
Illustrated Book of Poetry
 
Sarah Adamowicz - Pros and Cons of Collecting Specimens for Barcoding vs. Sam...
Sarah Adamowicz - Pros and Cons of Collecting Specimens for Barcoding vs. Sam...Sarah Adamowicz - Pros and Cons of Collecting Specimens for Barcoding vs. Sam...
Sarah Adamowicz - Pros and Cons of Collecting Specimens for Barcoding vs. Sam...
 
Pengurusan Masa
Pengurusan MasaPengurusan Masa
Pengurusan Masa
 
Pengenalan kepada Perakaunan - Unit 1
Pengenalan kepada Perakaunan - Unit 1Pengenalan kepada Perakaunan - Unit 1
Pengenalan kepada Perakaunan - Unit 1
 
Suat Abal Kadazandusun
Suat Abal KadazandusunSuat Abal Kadazandusun
Suat Abal Kadazandusun
 
Menjadi guru yang unggul
Menjadi guru yang unggulMenjadi guru yang unggul
Menjadi guru yang unggul
 

Similar to Todd Osmundson - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary

[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT
[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT
[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIATcsi2009
 
The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...
The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...
The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...Environmental Protection Agency, Ireland
 
Neufeld erin 2012 for posting
Neufeld erin 2012 for postingNeufeld erin 2012 for posting
Neufeld erin 2012 for postingJosh Neufeld
 
Pace.indoor air2011
Pace.indoor air2011Pace.indoor air2011
Pace.indoor air2011nrpace
 
Chemical control part2
Chemical control part2Chemical control part2
Chemical control part2Lani Manahan
 
The science of quality air, the art of healthy living presentation (updated...
The science of quality air, the art of healthy living   presentation (updated...The science of quality air, the art of healthy living   presentation (updated...
The science of quality air, the art of healthy living presentation (updated...Indoor Air Sterilization Soma Medical IAQA
 
Science in the hive - apiculture products
Science in the hive - apiculture productsScience in the hive - apiculture products
Science in the hive - apiculture productsVerina Ingram
 
Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006
Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006
Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006Jonathan Eisen
 
Global ocean’s protist metabarcoding
Global ocean’s protist metabarcodingGlobal ocean’s protist metabarcoding
Global ocean’s protist metabarcodingEukRef
 
Module 13 oral microbiology
Module 13   oral microbiologyModule 13   oral microbiology
Module 13 oral microbiologyHuang Yu-Wen
 
Module 13 oral microbiology
Module 13   oral microbiologyModule 13   oral microbiology
Module 13 oral microbiologyEhsan Lee
 
CONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptx
CONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptxCONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptx
CONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptxPriyansha Singh
 
Criteria for classification of microbes
Criteria for classification of microbesCriteria for classification of microbes
Criteria for classification of microbesDr. sreeremya S
 
Structuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectrice
Structuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectriceStructuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectrice
Structuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectriceInstitut Pasteur de Madagascar
 

Similar to Todd Osmundson - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary (20)

Alain Franc - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Alain Franc - Algae, Protists & Fungi PlenaryAlain Franc - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Alain Franc - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
 
[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT
[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT
[Day 2] Center Presentation: Bioversity and CIAT
 
FosteringParasiteResistance
FosteringParasiteResistanceFosteringParasiteResistance
FosteringParasiteResistance
 
The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...
The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...
The impacts of bioenergy crop production on carabids and associated biocontro...
 
Neufeld erin 2012 for posting
Neufeld erin 2012 for postingNeufeld erin 2012 for posting
Neufeld erin 2012 for posting
 
Pace.indoor air2011
Pace.indoor air2011Pace.indoor air2011
Pace.indoor air2011
 
Chemical control part2
Chemical control part2Chemical control part2
Chemical control part2
 
Microalgae
MicroalgaeMicroalgae
Microalgae
 
Tratamento de água e de piscinas
Tratamento de água e de piscinasTratamento de água e de piscinas
Tratamento de água e de piscinas
 
The science of quality air, the art of healthy living presentation (updated...
The science of quality air, the art of healthy living   presentation (updated...The science of quality air, the art of healthy living   presentation (updated...
The science of quality air, the art of healthy living presentation (updated...
 
Science in the hive - apiculture products
Science in the hive - apiculture productsScience in the hive - apiculture products
Science in the hive - apiculture products
 
Banana tissue culture: from endophytes to market pathways
Banana tissue culture: from endophytes to market pathwaysBanana tissue culture: from endophytes to market pathways
Banana tissue culture: from endophytes to market pathways
 
Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006
Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006
Microbes run the planet - Jonathan Eisen slides from #scifoo 2006
 
Global ocean’s protist metabarcoding
Global ocean’s protist metabarcodingGlobal ocean’s protist metabarcoding
Global ocean’s protist metabarcoding
 
Module 13 oral microbiology
Module 13   oral microbiologyModule 13   oral microbiology
Module 13 oral microbiology
 
Module 13 oral microbiology
Module 13   oral microbiologyModule 13   oral microbiology
Module 13 oral microbiology
 
CONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptx
CONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptxCONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptx
CONTAMINANTS IN CELL CULTURE & PRECAUTIONS.pptx
 
Criteria for classification of microbes
Criteria for classification of microbesCriteria for classification of microbes
Criteria for classification of microbes
 
Structuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectrice
Structuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectriceStructuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectrice
Structuration des populations d'Anopheles funestus et leur capacité vectrice
 
Kefuss
KefussKefuss
Kefuss
 

More from Consortium for the Barcode of Life (CBOL)

More from Consortium for the Barcode of Life (CBOL) (20)

Andrew Lowe - Opening Plenary
Andrew Lowe - Opening PlenaryAndrew Lowe - Opening Plenary
Andrew Lowe - Opening Plenary
 
Axel Hausmann - Invertebrates Plenary
Axel Hausmann - Invertebrates PlenaryAxel Hausmann - Invertebrates Plenary
Axel Hausmann - Invertebrates Plenary
 
Hannah McPherson - Plants Plenary
Hannah McPherson - Plants PlenaryHannah McPherson - Plants Plenary
Hannah McPherson - Plants Plenary
 
Rebecca Johnson - Opening Plenary
Rebecca Johnson - Opening PlenaryRebecca Johnson - Opening Plenary
Rebecca Johnson - Opening Plenary
 
K.A. Seifert - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
K.A. Seifert - Algae, Protists & Fungi PlenaryK.A. Seifert - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
K.A. Seifert - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
 
Scott Miller - Opening Plenary
Scott Miller - Opening PlenaryScott Miller - Opening Plenary
Scott Miller - Opening Plenary
 
Bruce Deagle - Opening Plenary
Bruce Deagle - Opening PlenaryBruce Deagle - Opening Plenary
Bruce Deagle - Opening Plenary
 
Ralph Imondi - Opening Plenary
Ralph Imondi - Opening PlenaryRalph Imondi - Opening Plenary
Ralph Imondi - Opening Plenary
 
Damon Little - Opening Plenary
Damon Little - Opening PlenaryDamon Little - Opening Plenary
Damon Little - Opening Plenary
 
Natasha de Vere - Plants Plenary
Natasha de Vere - Plants PlenaryNatasha de Vere - Plants Plenary
Natasha de Vere - Plants Plenary
 
Robert Hanner - Closing Plenary
Robert Hanner - Closing PlenaryRobert Hanner - Closing Plenary
Robert Hanner - Closing Plenary
 
Paul Hebert - Saturday Closing Plenary
Paul Hebert - Saturday Closing PlenaryPaul Hebert - Saturday Closing Plenary
Paul Hebert - Saturday Closing Plenary
 
Conrad Schoch - Saturday Closing Plenary
Conrad Schoch - Saturday Closing PlenaryConrad Schoch - Saturday Closing Plenary
Conrad Schoch - Saturday Closing Plenary
 
Xin Zhou - Saturday Closing Plenary
Xin Zhou - Saturday Closing PlenaryXin Zhou - Saturday Closing Plenary
Xin Zhou - Saturday Closing Plenary
 
Pierre Taberlet - Saturday Closing Plenary
Pierre Taberlet - Saturday Closing PlenaryPierre Taberlet - Saturday Closing Plenary
Pierre Taberlet - Saturday Closing Plenary
 
Weiland Meyer - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Weiland Meyer - Algae, Protists & Fungi PlenaryWeiland Meyer - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Weiland Meyer - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
 
Marieka Gryzenhout - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Marieka Gryzenhout - Algae, Protists & Fungi PlenaryMarieka Gryzenhout - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Marieka Gryzenhout - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
 
John La Salle - Opening Plenary
John La Salle - Opening PlenaryJohn La Salle - Opening Plenary
John La Salle - Opening Plenary
 
Gary Saunders - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Gary Saunders - Algae, Protists & Fungi PlenaryGary Saunders - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
Gary Saunders - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary
 
Michelle Guzik - Invertebrates Plenary
Michelle Guzik - Invertebrates PlenaryMichelle Guzik - Invertebrates Plenary
Michelle Guzik - Invertebrates Plenary
 

Recently uploaded

Organic Name Reactions for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptx
Organic Name Reactions  for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptxOrganic Name Reactions  for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptx
Organic Name Reactions for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptxVS Mahajan Coaching Centre
 
Pharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdf
Pharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdfPharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdf
Pharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdfMahmoud M. Sallam
 
CARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptx
CARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptxCARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptx
CARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptxGaneshChakor2
 
भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,
भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,
भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,Virag Sontakke
 
Presiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha elections
Presiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha electionsPresiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha elections
Presiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha electionsanshu789521
 
Hierarchy of management that covers different levels of management
Hierarchy of management that covers different levels of managementHierarchy of management that covers different levels of management
Hierarchy of management that covers different levels of managementmkooblal
 
POINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptx
POINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptxPOINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptx
POINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptxSayali Powar
 
How to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptx
How to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptxHow to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptx
How to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptxmanuelaromero2013
 
Earth Day Presentation wow hello nice great
Earth Day Presentation wow hello nice greatEarth Day Presentation wow hello nice great
Earth Day Presentation wow hello nice greatYousafMalik24
 
Roles & Responsibilities in Pharmacovigilance
Roles & Responsibilities in PharmacovigilanceRoles & Responsibilities in Pharmacovigilance
Roles & Responsibilities in PharmacovigilanceSamikshaHamane
 
Employee wellbeing at the workplace.pptx
Employee wellbeing at the workplace.pptxEmployee wellbeing at the workplace.pptx
Employee wellbeing at the workplace.pptxNirmalaLoungPoorunde1
 
KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...
KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...
KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...M56BOOKSTORE PRODUCT/SERVICE
 
Framing an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdf
Framing an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdfFraming an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdf
Framing an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdfUjwalaBharambe
 
Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)
Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)
Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)eniolaolutunde
 
Final demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptx
Final demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptxFinal demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptx
Final demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptxAvyJaneVismanos
 
Alper Gobel In Media Res Media Component
Alper Gobel In Media Res Media ComponentAlper Gobel In Media Res Media Component
Alper Gobel In Media Res Media ComponentInMediaRes1
 
Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17
Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17
Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17Celine George
 

Recently uploaded (20)

Organic Name Reactions for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptx
Organic Name Reactions  for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptxOrganic Name Reactions  for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptx
Organic Name Reactions for the students and aspirants of Chemistry12th.pptx
 
Pharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdf
Pharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdfPharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdf
Pharmacognosy Flower 3. Compositae 2023.pdf
 
CARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptx
CARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptxCARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptx
CARE OF CHILD IN INCUBATOR..........pptx
 
भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,
भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,
भारत-रोम व्यापार.pptx, Indo-Roman Trade,
 
Presiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha elections
Presiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha electionsPresiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha elections
Presiding Officer Training module 2024 lok sabha elections
 
TataKelola dan KamSiber Kecerdasan Buatan v022.pdf
TataKelola dan KamSiber Kecerdasan Buatan v022.pdfTataKelola dan KamSiber Kecerdasan Buatan v022.pdf
TataKelola dan KamSiber Kecerdasan Buatan v022.pdf
 
ESSENTIAL of (CS/IT/IS) class 06 (database)
ESSENTIAL of (CS/IT/IS) class 06 (database)ESSENTIAL of (CS/IT/IS) class 06 (database)
ESSENTIAL of (CS/IT/IS) class 06 (database)
 
Hierarchy of management that covers different levels of management
Hierarchy of management that covers different levels of managementHierarchy of management that covers different levels of management
Hierarchy of management that covers different levels of management
 
POINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptx
POINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptxPOINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptx
POINT- BIOCHEMISTRY SEM 2 ENZYMES UNIT 5.pptx
 
How to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptx
How to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptxHow to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptx
How to Make a Pirate ship Primary Education.pptx
 
Earth Day Presentation wow hello nice great
Earth Day Presentation wow hello nice greatEarth Day Presentation wow hello nice great
Earth Day Presentation wow hello nice great
 
Model Call Girl in Bikash Puri Delhi reach out to us at 🔝9953056974🔝
Model Call Girl in Bikash Puri  Delhi reach out to us at 🔝9953056974🔝Model Call Girl in Bikash Puri  Delhi reach out to us at 🔝9953056974🔝
Model Call Girl in Bikash Puri Delhi reach out to us at 🔝9953056974🔝
 
Roles & Responsibilities in Pharmacovigilance
Roles & Responsibilities in PharmacovigilanceRoles & Responsibilities in Pharmacovigilance
Roles & Responsibilities in Pharmacovigilance
 
Employee wellbeing at the workplace.pptx
Employee wellbeing at the workplace.pptxEmployee wellbeing at the workplace.pptx
Employee wellbeing at the workplace.pptx
 
KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...
KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...
KSHARA STURA .pptx---KSHARA KARMA THERAPY (CAUSTIC THERAPY)————IMP.OF KSHARA ...
 
Framing an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdf
Framing an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdfFraming an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdf
Framing an Appropriate Research Question 6b9b26d93da94caf993c038d9efcdedb.pdf
 
Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)
Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)
Software Engineering Methodologies (overview)
 
Final demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptx
Final demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptxFinal demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptx
Final demo Grade 9 for demo Plan dessert.pptx
 
Alper Gobel In Media Res Media Component
Alper Gobel In Media Res Media ComponentAlper Gobel In Media Res Media Component
Alper Gobel In Media Res Media Component
 
Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17
Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17
Computed Fields and api Depends in the Odoo 17
 

Todd Osmundson - Algae, Protists & Fungi Plenary

  • 1. APPLICATIONS OF INTENSIVE DNA BARCODING PROJECTS FOR ADDRESSING GAPS IN FUNGAL BIODIVERSITY KNOWLEDGE Matteo M. Garbelotto1, Vincent Robert2, Conrad Schoch3, Todd Osmundson1 1 University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA 2 Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures, Utrecht, The Netherlands 3 National Center for Biotechnology Information, Bethesda, MD, USA
  • 2. Matteo U.C. Berkeley Forest Pathology & Mycology Lab
  • 3. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Fungi are diverse and poorly-known Most are cryptic over the majority of their life cycle Many are economically important: - Pathogens - Mutualists - Foods, medicines, industrial products
  • 4. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Unknowns: • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to pathogen transitions) • Host ranges • Geographic ranges / biogeography • Community ecology
  • 5. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Unknowns: • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to pathogen transitions) • Host ranges • Geographic ranges / biogeography • Community ecology All of these characters are relevant to understanding ecology and evolution of fungi, and tracking the spread of fungal species.
  • 6. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Unknowns: • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to pathogen transitions) • Host ranges • Geographic ranges / biogeography • Community ecology DNA Barcoding is a useful and important tool for identifying fungi (rapid • able to detect cryptic fungi) and thereby understanding these factors…
  • 7. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Unknowns: • Diversity of life cycle stages (e.g., endophyte to pathogen transitions) • Host ranges • Geographic ranges / biogeography • Community ecology … However, utility of this tool is dependent upon existence of comprehensive sequence databases and methods for confidently assigning taxonomic identities via sequence comparisons.
  • 8. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Large-scale barcoding projects can aid in closing the sequencing gap. Types of foci: - Institutional - Geographic - Ecological
  • 9. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS 2 recent projects: • Barcoding the Venice Museum of Natural History Fungal Collection (Institutional) • The Moorea Biocode Project (Geographic ) Issues/Questions: • What types of target are most effective? • What types of sampling are most effective? • What are the implications for barcoding strategy?
  • 10. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS BARCODING THE VENICE FUNGAL COLLECTION Institutional strategy – barcode large number of samples from a single herbarium Strengths: • Links to Italy’s largest amateur mycological society (Associazione Micologica Bresadola) • Collaboration with taxonomic experts • Taxonomic diversity of collections • Collections relatively recent • Habitat diversity (Alps  plains  Apennines  Mediterranean)
  • 11. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Sampling Localities
  • 12. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Sampling : • Focus on breadth • Attempt to obtain Barcode for every macrofungal species in the collection (~ 6000) • Replication for well-represented species • Good coverage for Agaricales; additional coverage within Basidiomycota & Ascomycota
  • 13. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Results ~31K collections ~5K collections sampled 2763 specimens PCR positive [Age; taxon] 1400 specimens Sequence positive [Sequencing failure; contamination; paralogy]: • 1100 double-stranded • ~300 single-stranded
  • 14. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Collection age affects sequencing success: 100 80 Percent Successful Percent Failed 60 40 Pearson Chi-square test of independence (N=2648, DF=2): 20 p < 0.0001 0 1980s 1990s 2000s
  • 15. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Taxon (controlled for collection age) affects sequencing success: 100 90 80 Series1 1980s-90s 70 60 Series2 2000s 50 40 30 20 Pearson Chi- 10 square tests of 0 independence): p < 0.0001
  • 16. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Classification potential of ITS barcodes: • Can ITS barcodes predict membership in genera and families based on overall similarity? • Distance / UPGMA approach based on ITS1 + ITS2 distance matrices • Functionalities available in BioloMICS software (www.bio-aware.com)
  • 17. UPGMA tree showing sequence assignment to genera and families; genus Cortinarius (family Cortinariaceae) shown
  • 20. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Classification potential of ITS barcodes: • May reveal errors in classification; e.g., segregate genera in Coprinoid fungi
  • 21. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Is there a ‘barcoding gap’? • Compared number of nucleotide differences within and between identified taxa • Assessed 2 types of potential error: - False negative (same ITS for different species) - False positive (>1 ITS for one species)
  • 22. Is there a ‘percent similarity’ threshold for assignment to genera’? Panaeolus 0.9 Hebeloma Macrolepiota Xylaria 0.8 Hymenogaster Scutillinea Crepidotus Cystolepiota 0.7 Pleurotus Galerina Tricholoma Otidea 0.6 Pholiota Melanoleuca Minimum Similarity Conocybe 0.5 Xerocomus Hygrophorus Coprinus Lyophyllum 0.4 Lepiota Cystoderma Lactarius 0.3 Calocybe Tuber Hygrocybe Entoloma 0.2 Pluteus Cortinarius Pholiotina 0.1 Amanita Inocybe Russula Peziza 0 Leucoagaricus Boletus Genus Clitocybe Mycena
  • 23. 3000 Within- and between-species 2500 nucleotide Frequency of pairwise comparisons divergence (bp) 2000 1500 In the same species 1000 Out 500 0 0 51 408 561 102 153 204 255 306 357 459 510 612 663 714 765 816 867 918 969 Nucleotide differences (bp)
  • 24. 1000 1500 2000 3000 2500 0 500 0 46 92 138 184 nucleotide 230 276 322 Within-species 368 divergence (bp) 414 460 506 552 598 644 690 736 Frequency of pairwise comparisons 782 828 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 874 920 0 966 29 58 87 116 ~1-2% 145 174 203 232 261 290 319 348 377 406 435 464 493 522 551 580 609 638 667 696 725 Nucleotide differences (bp) 754 783 812 841 870 899 928 957 986
  • 25. Ratio In/Out 0.4 “Barcoding gap” ratio (within/between species 0.35 counts) by level of nucleotide dissimilarity Ratio within / between species 0.3 0.25 0.2 Ratio In/Out 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Nucleotide differences (bp)
  • 26. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS When differentiation fails (same ITS sequence for species identified as different): • 60 pairs with 0 bp difference but not belonging to the same species: - 59 congeners (synonyms, species complexes or ‘minor’ misidentifications) - 1 epigeous - sequestrate confamilial pair (Leucoagaricus medioflavoides + Endoptychum agaricoides)
  • 27. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS When differentiation fails (same ITS sequence for species identified as different): • 77 pairs with 1 bp difference but not belonging to the same species: - 73 congeners - 2 ‘major’ misidentifications or mixed samples (Boletus vs. Inocybe; Sarcosphaera vs. Psathyrella) - 1 ‘moderate’ misidentification (Pholiotina vs. Galerina)
  • 28. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Examination of ITS1 and ITS2 as “mini-barcodes” • Improved sequencing success rate: ITS1 amplified using primers ITS1F + ITS2 for 30 randomly-selected samples previously negative for full- length PCR amplifications (using ITS1F + ITS4) from 3 large genera: GENUS PCR-POSITIVE SEQUENCE - Cortinarius 30/30 (100%) 24/30 (80%) - Russula 30/30 (100%) 27/30 (90%) - Mycena 27/30 (90%) 4/30 (13%)
  • 29. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Examination of ITS1 and ITS2 as “mini-barcodes” • Classification potential remains strong • ITS1 exhibits higher correlation to full-length ITS Complete ITS1 ITS2 Complete 1 ITS1 0.7317 1 ITS2 0.6430 0.5433 1
  • 30. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Conclusions, Venice Herbarium Project: • Similarity-based taxonomic assignment using ITS sequences works reasonably well at genus and family levels (but not flawless) • At species level, incorrect assignments (assessed for morphospecies) in both “false negative” and “false positive” directions. • A 1-2% divergence cutoff eliminates most “false positives” (>1 ITS sequence per morphospecies); however, “false negatives” (>1 taxon per ITS sequence occur even at 0-1 nucleotide difference.
  • 31. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Conclusions, Venice Herbarium Project (continued): • “Mini-barcodes” improve success rates and retain ability to classify sequences; ITS1 outperformed ITS2 for the taxa examined
  • 32. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Conclusions , Venice Herbarium Project (continued): • Value of herbaria in facilitating a large collection approach to barcoding • Value to herbaria (increase ‘relevance,’ streamline use of collections)
  • 33. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS THE MOOREA BIOCODE PROJECT • Geographic/ecological strategy: barcoding an entire biome
  • 34. A relatively simplified tropical ecosystem, due to age, size, isolation and location in pacific biodiversity gradient Species richness
  • 35. Goal: to develop a fully- characterized tropical island model ecosystem through intensive biotic surveys and generation of DNA barcode libraries
  • 36. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS THE MOOREA BIOCODE PROJECT • South Pacific islands an undersampled region for fungi • Moore Foundation-funded, multi-taxon ATBI. • Approach: threefold – Voucher-based collection of macromycetes Environmental DNA sampling Culture-based sampling
  • 37. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Sampling Approach: • Field collection • Voucher information, photos, and DNA sequence linked together and made public • Collaboration with BioMatters, Inc.– Geneious Moorea Biocode workbench / data pipeline
  • 39. 62 percent of sequences exhibit less than 97% best match 62% of sequences exhibit < 97% identity to sequences to in Genbank; 23% exhibit best BLAST match currently in GenBank. This project will therefore make an important contribution sequence (cultured or uncultured) environmental to GenBank taxon coverage. 97%
  • 40. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS • 62 percent of sequences exhibit less than 97% best match in Genbank: Incomplete database? Potential radiations? Insular rapid evolution? • 23% exhibit best BLAST match to environmental sequence (cultured or uncultured) • Voucher-supported sequences will enhance ecological and biodiversity discovery; underscores importance of collections-based research
  • 41. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS For sequences with 98% or greater match: • Suggests recent arrival or slow evolution • If to named material: sequencing facilitates ID of Moorea taxa • If to environmental sequences: Voucher now exists corresponding to the environmental sequence
  • 42. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Moorea Biocode Project: Contributions include: • Augmenting geographical and taxonomic coverage in GenBank • Providing vouchers that match environmental sequences • Providing material for biogeographic studies
  • 43. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS CONCLUSIONS: Large-scale barcoding approaches based on institutional collections and ecosystems contribute to the study of fungal biodiversity, ecology, biogeography, and epidemiology. Institutional targeting: • Adds barcodes for well vouchered and identified material • Adds value to herbarium collections • Allows assessment of barcode “behavior” (laboratory approaches, barcoding gaps, need for multilocus barcodes, etc.) for different taxonomic groups
  • 44. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS CONCLUSIONS, continued: Ecosystem targeting: • Increases representation of poorly-sampled biomes • Aids biogeographic studies • Barcoding speeds time to identification, facilitating biodiversity surveys Both Approaches: • Exhibit advantages over focusing on specific taxonomic groups of expertise or interest • Offer opportunities for collaboration with taxonomic specialists and amateur enthusiasts
  • 45. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA BARCODING OF FUNGI: 1. Utility of ITS as a barcode locus: • Similarity-based searches are often sufficient for assignment to genera and families • Use as a species-specific marker problematic due to false negatives and positives • A firm “barcoding gap” is lacking, though some level of success is met using 1-2 bp differences; A 98% or 97% similarity threshold appears to be too low; most species-level similarity is on the order of 99% or higher
  • 46. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA BARCODING OF FUNGI: 2. “Environmental species”: • Formal (or semi-formal) recognition of entities known only from environmental DNA sequences; subject of a formal discussion session at 2011 MSA annual meeting • Appealing as a means to improve comparison across studies and progress from descriptive or comparative community studies (OTU-based) to a more functional understanding of communities and ecosystems
  • 47. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA BARCODING OF FUNGI: 2. “Environmental species” (continued): • Our results suggest that a simple identity- or similarity-based approach may be useful for group placement (genera or families), but species-level circumscription is unlikely.
  • 48. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE-SCALE STUDIES FOR DNA BARCODING OF FUNGI: 3. Multilocus barcodes: • Already well-recognized that ITS is not a species- level barcode for some groups of Ascomycota • Our results strongly suggest that a similar issue exists for Agaricales (Basidiomycota) as well.
  • 49. INTRODUCTION VENICE HERBARIUM MOOREA BIOCODE CONCLUSIONS Acknowledgements: Venice: Moorea: Giovanni Robich Sarah Bergemann Luca Mizzan Neil Davies Amy Smith Chris Meyer Lydia Baker Rikke Rasmussen Natalie Lowell Lydia Smith Lydia Baker Wesley Shipley Gordon & Betty Moore Foundation

Editor's Notes

  1. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  2. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  3. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  4. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  5. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  6. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  7. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  8. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  9. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  10. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  11. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  12. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  13. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  14. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  15. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  16. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  17. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  18. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  19. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  20. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  21. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  22. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  23. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  24. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  25. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  26. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  27. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  28. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  29. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  30. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  31. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  32. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  33. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  34. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  35. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  36. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  37. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  38. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  39. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  40. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  41. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  42. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  43. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
  44. Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 2.65” and the Width box is set to 9”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.73”.In the Shape Width box, enter 9”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Solid fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 20%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the right pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the right pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following: Click Align Selected Objects. Click Align Center.Click Align Top.Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box (in this example the text is “JAN”), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gil Sans MT Condensed from the Font list, select 18 from the Font Size list, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a timeline. On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text.To change the color of the second text box from the left, select the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left).Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag on the slide to draw a straight, vertical line. Select the line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 1.2”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Select Solid line.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:In the Width box, enter 0.75 pt.Under Arrow Settings, click the button next to Begin type, and then click Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to Begin size, and then click Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to End type, and then enter Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Click the button next to End size, and then enter Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Gill Sans MT from the Font list, select 20 from the Font Size list, and then click the arrow next to Font Color and click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box. On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 50%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 99%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).